The Best Portable Dog Grooming Table — Grooming on the Go

Portable dog grooming table.

Best Portable Dog Grooming Table — Buyers Guide, Review, and Comparison

An air purifier for dog hair can be a valuable tool for us dog owners. While dogs provide loyal companionship and offer unconditional love, they also shed their hair, dander and can emit some unsavory smells. This can be a recipe for disaster for those with asthma or other pet-related allergies. But an air purifier can help in the war against allergens while also keeping your home as clean and fresh as possible.

Portable Dog Grooming Table Top Pick

Flying Pig Heavy-Duty Grooming Table

Flying Pig Heavy-Duty Grooming Table.

This novel bone-shaped portable dog grooming table from Flying Pig is suitable for both amateur and professional groomers alike. With a rust-resistant stainless steel frame and waterproof tabletop surface, its sturdy and robust build is sure to last you for many years and grooming sessions to come.

  • Large weight capacity — up to 330 pounds.

  • Rust-proof stainless-steel build.

  • Bone-shaped tabletop design.

  • Adjustable grooming arm included.

Portable Dog Grooming Table Comparisons

PRODUCTFEATURES

Flying Pig Heavy-Duty Grooming Table
Work area: 44(L) x 24-20(W) inches
Table height: 31.5 inches
Max. capacity: 330 pounds
Gross weight: 41 pounds
  • Foldable goal post-style legs.
  • Two colors —black/blue non-slip surface.
  • Sturdy construction.

Product Rating: 4.8/5

CHECK PRICE AT AMAZON
Fast Dogs Review

Yaheetech Foldable & Portable Pet Grooming Table
Work area: 45(L) x 24(W) inches
Table height: 29.9 inches
Max. capacity: 264.6 pounds
Gross weight: 44.1 pounds
  • H-frame with adjustable height.
  • TStainless steel and PVC construction.
  • Collapsable legs.

Product Rating: 4.8/5

CHECK PRICE AT AMAZON
Fast Dogs Review

Bonnlo Portable Dog Grooming Table
Work area: 45(L) x 24(W) inches
Table height: 30 inches
Max. capacity: 330 pounds
Gross weight: 40 pounds
  • Stainless steel frame.
  • Upgraded aluminum clamp on H-frame.
  • Slip and scratch-proof work surface.

Product Rating: 4.7/5

CHECK PRICE AT AMAZON
Fast Dogs Review

Master Equipment Versa Competition Pet Grooming Table
Work area: 23.5(L) x 17.5(W) inches
Table height: 28 inches
Max. capacity: 50 pounds
Gross weight: 16.09 pounds
  • Powder-coated steel x-style frame.
  • Easy clean polypropylene tabletop.
  • Lightweight.

Product Rating: 4.7/5

CHECK PRICE AT AMAZON
Fast Dogs Review

Go Pet Club Dog Grooming Table
Work area: 30(L) x 18(W) inches
Table height: 32 inches
Max. capacity: 50 pounds
Gross weight: 24.01 pounds
  • Waterproof tabletop with aluminum edging.
  • Pebbled non-slip surface.
  • Constructed from rust-proof materials.

Product Rating: 4.6/5

CHECK PRICE AT AMAZON
Fast Dogs Review

Best Portable Dog Grooming Table Buying Guide

Although some dogs love being pampered, for many others, it’s a day they hate as much as we dread a visit to the dentist. Hence, if you have several dogs or just one big dog with lots of hair, you may have struggled when it comes to at-home grooming.

A portable dog grooming table can make the task of maintaining your pup’s luscious locks easier and more sustainable over time. This piece of equipment ensures you have a convenient and safe platform for brushing, trimming, and drying your dog’s coat wherever you are — at home, or on the road. 

Considered a handy piece of equipment for on-the-go and DIY grooming. They can cut short what could otherwise be a lengthy and difficult task, for both you and your pooch.
Folding dog grooming tables.

The Benefits of a Portable Dog Grooming Table

The best portable dog grooming tables offer several advantages over their traditional counterparts. Firstly, they allow you to groom your dog anywhere, making it convenient for home use, outdoor grooming sessions, or professional grooming on the go.

Portable tables are lightweight and easy to transport, which is especially useful for mobile groomers, frequent travelers, or even a pre-show grooming session. 

Additionally, these tables often come with features like foldability, removable grooming arms, and compact storage options — making them space-saving and versatile pieces of grooming equipment.

Key Considerations When Choosing a Portable Dog Grooming Table

To ensure you choose the best portable grooming table for your dog's needs, consider the following:

Size and Weight Capacity

The size and weight of your dog is perhaps the most crucial consideration — you want to make sure Fido will fit, for both safety reasons and your canine’s comfort. 

Weight

Check the specified weight capacity and ensure your pooch is at least 10 pounds or more below the maximum. Extra tools on the table, or a wet dog can all add up.

Size

To work out the length, measure your dog from the shoulders to the base of their tail — while they’re standing. 

You’ll want a table that’s several inches longer than your dog. They need enough room so that they won’t slip off the table if they step back or forward. Plus, you want to make sure you have sufficient space to set your tools down without them being kicked off the table.

If you have several dogs in your house, ensure your potential grooming table can accommodate your largest dog. Smaller pups can always be secured with a grooming arm if needed, but a larger dog will be uncomfortable if the table feels cramped.

If you’re thinking of starting a mobile grooming business, choose the largest you can fit in the trunk of your car or can afford, always be prepared for larger clients!

Safety and Stability of a Portable Grooming Table

Non-slip surfaces are the safest, for obvious reasons. Materials like soft rubber, or textured patterns all offer more grip. Plus, when your dog has a sturdy pawhold, they’re more likely to keep calm — which is something to bear in mind if your dog is anxious about grooming.

Rubber-capped feet are something worth looking out for on folding dog grooming tables. This will not only provide more stability, but can also protect the many surfaces or floors you will use the table on.

Grooming Table Height Range

Most portable grooming tables come with a standard height of around 30 inches from the floor to the tabletop. 

Ideally, you should aim for the work surface to be about the same level as your waist or 3-4 inches above your belly button. This allows for better access to your soon-to-be pampered pooch. It can also make grooming much more comfortable for both the dog and the groomer.

Foldability and Portability

What makes a grooming table portable? Look for:

  • Compact designs — e.g., collapsible legs or removable parts for effortless storage and moveability. 

  • How easy the table is to set up and take down — dog grooming table folding can often be difficult for newbie groomers with some of the more advanced models.

  • The weight of the table — you don’t want a table that’s so heavy you can’t lift, easily fold down or move around, that defeats the object of being portable. But, you also don’t want a lightweight dog grooming table that lacks sturdiness because it's too light. 

Ease of Cleaning

Dog grooming can be a messy business. A myriad of cracks and crevices in a table surface will collect any loose hairs and debris, quickly becoming a furry and funky mess. 

Grooming tables with smooth surfaces and corners are generally more convenient for cleaning. However, non-static surfaces will let you pick up the loose hairs and fluff with little effort. 

Accessories and Extras

Many tables come with an arm or a bar attached with a safety loop or harness that keeps your dog in place as you groom them. You’ll come across:

H-Bar 

An H-bar attaches at both sides of the table — forming an ‘H’ shape over the work area. Typically arriving with two restraints, these grooming aids are handy for more agitated or nervous dogs. However, they can restrict your movement around the table and may prove an obstacle for harder-to-reach areas of the pooch.

Grooming Arm

A grooming arm allows more flexibility, as in more space and freedom of movement. They’re situated at one end of the grooming table and arrive with a leash loop to pop over your dog's head. Although, they can be removed, giving you access to the entire table when needed. 

Depending on the quality of the grooming table, the sturdiness and security of a regular arm can vary.

Harnesses, Hoops, and Nooses

Grooming table harnesses, hoops, and nooses are used to keep the dog standing up and safe as you groom them. They all serve the same purpose, but different dogs will need different restraints. What’s ideal for holding a Pomeranian stable won’t be ideal for a Bernese Mountain dog.

  • Harness — better suited for larger breeds to keep them standing and secure.

  • Hoops and nooses — ideal for mid-sized/smaller pooches.

  • Cross-tie system — perfect for medium-sized dogs and anchors to the tabletop.

Shelves and Storage Systems

Keep an eye out for grooming tables with a basket or shelf attached to the legs or beneath the tabletop. This allows you to store essentials such as towels, combs, hairdryers, and other grooming tools in one place.

Shelves that are slotted, for example, wire mesh, will be better as they won’t collect too much water during use.

To ensure you choose the best portable grooming table for your dog's needs, consider the following:

lightweight Dog grooming tables.

Size and Weight Capacity

The size and weight of your dog is perhaps the most crucial consideration — you want to make sure Fido will fit, for both safety reasons and your canine’s comfort. 

Weight

Check the specified weight capacity and ensure your pooch is at least 10 pounds or more below the maximum. Extra tools on the table, or a wet dog can all add up.

Size

To work out the length, measure your dog from the shoulders to the base of their tail — while they’re standing. 

You’ll want a table that’s several inches longer than your dog. They need enough room so that they won’t slip off the table if they step back or forward. Plus, you want to make sure you have sufficient space to set your tools down without them being kicked off the table. 

If you have several dogs in your house, ensure your potential grooming table can accommodate your largest dog. Smaller pups can always be secured with a grooming arm if needed, but a larger dog will be uncomfortable if the table feels cramped.

If you’re thinking of starting a mobile grooming business, choose the largest you can fit in the trunk of your car or can afford, always be prepared for larger clients!

Portable Dog Grooming Table Reviews — Our Picks

So that you can find the grooming table for your individual needs, we’ve put together some of our favorites for you.

Best Wireless Dog Fence with No Shock Reviews
Best Wireless Fence Dog Review and Buyers Guide
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock

Flying-Pig-Heavy-Duty-Grooming-Table

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

This portable dog grooming table from Flying Pig features a durable construction using rust-resistant stainless steel that will last for many grooming sessions to come. With a maximum load of up to 330 pounds and a generous work area, it will cater for even the largest of dogs.

A unique bone-shaped tabletop design (44 x 24-20 inches) sits on top of sturdy goalpost-style legs that fold easily for transport or storage. Plus, non-skid feet add to the stability while also protecting your floor surfaces.The tabletop is finished off with a stainless steel edging, preventing any accidents as you work around the table — with no sharp corners to catch you or your pooch. It also has a hard rubber textured surface with non-slip matting. This not only offers your dog a stable footing, it’s also fuss-free to clean.

A grooming arm with clamp is included that’s also made of durable stainless steel. And, as its height is adjustable, you can alter the position depending on your dog's size.

What’s more, below the table is a large storage basket for you to keep all your essentials together. Although, the open mesh design may prevent you from storing smaller tools.

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
Flying Pig Heavy-Duty Grooming Table.

OUR RATING: 4.8/5

PROS:

• Includes grooming loop.
• Straightforward to set up.
• Generous 330-pound weight threshold.
• Large storage basket area.

• Quirky doggy-themed table design.

CONS:

• Table top shape may not suit all dogs/groomers
• Higher price point than others we've listed.


It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Best Wireless Dog Fence with No Shock Reviews
Best Wireless Fence Dog Review and Buyers Guide
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock

Yaheetech Foldable & Portable Pet Grooming Table

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

If you have a pooch who can’t keep still during their weekly brush-through, this portable dog grooming table from Yaheetech could be ideal. It comes with a dual loop system — one for your dog’s front end and one for the rear — to keep even the most fidgety of dogs still.

With a sturdy metal frame that includes triangular supports and non-slip footpads for more stability. The durable density fibreboard tabletop (45 x 24 inches) will support most sizes of dogs up to 264 pounds. Plus, the non-slip surface ensures your pet stands steadily and avoids slipping.

The stainless steel tubes of the H-shaped frame are tightly connected at the top with two sleeves and strongly secured to the table using two clamps. And, a rotating knob allows you to easily adjust the height of the H-shaped frame and lock it in place when grooming either those short or tall dog breeds

What made this grooming table stand out was how easy it is to pack away. The legs retract and lay flat in the center of the table, not taking up much space. This could appeal to those who are short on storage. Even the mesh shelf is effortless to remove, with just four hooks needed to support it.

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
Yaheetech Foldable and Portable Pet Grooming Table.

OUR RATING: 4.8/5

PROS:

• Weight capacity of 264 pounds.
• Extra stability from the triangular structure of the frame.
• Anti-static surface - doesn't attract fur.
• Dual loop and H-frame restraint system
• Easy to assemble and disassemble.

CONS:

• Under table shelf is easy to knock and tip.
• Work surface can scratch over time.


It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Best Wireless Dog Fence with No Shock Reviews
Best Wireless Fence Dog Review and Buyers Guide
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock

Bonnlo Portable Dog Grooming Table

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

This portable dog grooming table from Bonnlo comes in three different sizes, 32, 36, and 45 inches, catering to all sizes of canines. Plus, the adjustable height of the H-frame grooming bar reaches 32.3 inches, which makes it suitable for taller canines.

The table has a sturdy design — stainless steel build, goalpost legs, and additional under-the-table supports. The high-density fiberboard surface is scratch-proof and covered with anti-slip rubber. It’s also static-free, and thus straightforward to clean and maintain.

An H-frame with two groomer’s loops ensures your dog is secure while you concentrate on their coat. And, it’s easy to remove or assemble with two clamps. The rounded edges of the tabletop have been thoughtfully covered with smooth aluminum to avoid any undesired damage or injury to your pets or yourself. It also comes with a handy mesh basket. 

Additionally, this table is easy to collapse down for storage or transportation — you unclamp the H-bar, remove the shelf, and fold it away — simple.

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
Bonnlo Portable Dog Grooming Table.

OUR RATING: 4.7/5

PROS:

• Easy to assemble - No tools needed.
• Fully adjustable H-frame grooming aid.
• Slip and scratch-proof surface.
• Capacity - up to 330 pounds.

• Comes with a storage shelf.

CONS:

• Can have a strong rubber smell when first unpacked.
• Storage basket could be more sturdy.

It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.

Best Wireless Dog Fence with No Shock Reviews
Best Wireless Fence Dog Review and Buyers Guide
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock

Master Equipment Versa Competition Pet Grooming Table

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

A doggy competition-focused table that comes with an adjustable grooming arm, the Master Equipment Versa is compact and lightweight, yet very durable. Designed to hold pets up to 50 pounds and with a workspace of 23.5 x 17.5 inches, it's ideal for dogs at the smaller end of the scale.

Its powder-coated steel frame features an x-design for added stability with non-slip feet to prevent the table from wobbling. An easy clean polypropylene tabletop features a non-slip paw print pattern that’s both hardwearing and clean-up-friendly. 

The adjustable grooming arm is made of alloy steel and can be slotted into one end of the table as and when required. When not in use, you can place it in the holding slot that runs the length of the tabletop.

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
Master Equipment Versa Competition Pet Grooming Table.

OUR RATING: 4.7/5

PROS:

• Ideal on-the-move grooming table. Includes adjustable arm and loop.
• Lightweight portable dog grooming table - 16.09 pounds.
• Durable polypropylene surface.
• Hassle-free assembly/disassembly.
• Very affordable considering the features

CONS:

• Lacks a storage shelf/basket.
• Table height - 27 inches - may be too short for some.

It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.

Best Wireless Dog Fence with No Shock Reviews
Best Wireless Fence Dog Review and Buyers Guide
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock

Go Pet Club Dog Grooming Table

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

If you’re on a budget, or new to the grooming game, the Go Pet Club dog grooming table is, in our opinion, a good value piece of equipment to get you started. While reasonably priced, it still offers a durable table constructed from rust-free materials.

A waterproof top layer (30 x 18 inches) prevents absorption of H2O and warping of the wood beneath — preserving your table. A pebbled non-slip surface keeps your pet safe as you work. And, it’s non-static too, meaning clean-up and maintenance is less of a task with less fur and hair clinging to the tabletop.

With its foldable goal post-style legs and a detachable arm, this groomer’s table is designed for no-fuss fold-downs, stress-free set-up, and is easy to transport or store.

Non-skid rubber feet and a locking system for when the legs are in position provide greater stability once opened up again.

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
Go Pet Club Dog Grooming Table.

OUR RATING: 4.2/5

PROS:

• Good value.
• Made with durable and rust-proof materials.
• Affordable price
• Portable with foldable locking legs.
• Non-skid feet.

• Rounded corners for safety and comfort.

CONS:

• Max weight 50 pounds. - Not for large dogs.

• Grooming arm clamp could be better.


It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Best Wireless Dog Fence with No Shock Reviews
Best Wireless Fence Dog Review and Buyers Guide
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.

Conclusion

A portable grooming table offers convenience, flexibility, and comfort during grooming sessions. 

When choosing yours, consider factors like your pooch’s size, what type of restraint would work with your dog, and whether the table height will work for you. Other points like how easy it is to assemble, fold away, and carry are also other valid questions to ask. 

We looked at five of our favorites, from the small-dog-focused Master Equipment table to the tall-dog-friendly Bonnlo. However, our top pick has to be the Flying Pig — it’s durable, sturdy, simple to put up, take down and stow away, and its bone-shaped workspace looks the part too. 

Whatever you decide on, a portable dog grooming table makes canine coat care a hassle-free and enjoyable experience for both you and your furry friend.

Portable Dog Grooming Table FAQs

What Is the Best Height for a Portable Dog Grooming Table?

This is dependent on your height. As a rule of thumb, most groomers would agree the tabletop surface should stand about 4 inches above your belly button. 

Where Is the Best Place To Use a Dog Grooming Table?

Where you have plenty of space to maneuver. And, preferably near an electrical outlet if you plan to use corded tools such as clippers or a hairdryer.

How Do You Get Your Dog on the Grooming Table?

  • Start by gathering up all your supplies, so they’re nearby.

  • Detach your safety restraint and place it around your dog.

  • Place one arm between your dog’s back legs and place your other arm across the pup’s chest to avoid discomfort as you lift your pooch.

  • Lift using your legs as support to the tabletop and quickly attach the loop to the securing bar or frame. 

  • Allow a few minutes for your dog to settle before getting started.

Some larger dogs can be taught to hop up onto the table but ensure you secure the table while they do so.

What Size Dog Grooming Table Do You Need?

A grooming table needs to be long enough for a dog to stand comfortably on it, with a little room to move. If you’re unsure, go by the length of your dog when stood up and add another six inches of wiggle room.

How Do You Keep a Dog Safe on a Grooming Table?

NEVER leave your dog unattended on a grooming table. It only takes the slightest thing to startle them and jump off the table, maybe injuring themselves or damaging the table itself. If you should step away, place them on the ground.

Harnesses, loops, and nooses can be used to secure your dog but ensure not to have them too loose. A dog will quite happily jump if they feel they can move their head down. On the other hand, never have the hoop or harness too tight, not only can it cause the dog to feel pain, but could also injure the dog if they should try jumping.